blob: 12981e26c24aee4ae608eef7f9a0f6905bf3a893 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000033#include "CXXABI.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +000034#include <map>
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000035
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000036using namespace clang;
37
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
50
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000051enum FloatingRank {
52 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
53};
54
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000055void
56ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
57 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
58 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
59 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000060 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000061
62 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
63 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
64 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
65 PEnd = Params->end();
66 P != PEnd; ++P) {
67 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(0);
69 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
70 continue;
71 }
72
73 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
74 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000075 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000076 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000077 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
78 ID.AddBoolean(true);
79 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
80 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
81 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
82 } else
83 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000084 continue;
85 }
86
87 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
88 ID.AddInteger(2);
89 Profile(ID, TTP);
90 }
91}
92
93TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
94ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +000095 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000096 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
97 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
98 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
99 void *InsertPos = 0;
100 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
101 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
102 if (Canonical)
103 return Canonical->getParam();
104
105 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
106 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
107 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
108 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
109 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
110 PEnd = Params->end();
111 P != PEnd; ++P) {
112 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
113 CanonParams.push_back(
114 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnara344577e2011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000115 SourceLocation(),
116 SourceLocation(),
117 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000118 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
119 TTP->isParameterPack()));
120 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000121 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
122 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
123 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
124 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
125 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
126 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
127 llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
128 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
129 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
130 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
131 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
132 }
133
134 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000135 SourceLocation(),
136 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000137 NTTP->getDepth(),
138 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
139 T,
140 TInfo,
141 ExpandedTypes.data(),
142 ExpandedTypes.size(),
143 ExpandedTInfos.data());
144 } else {
145 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000146 SourceLocation(),
147 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000148 NTTP->getDepth(),
149 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
150 T,
151 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
152 TInfo);
153 }
154 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
155
156 } else
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000157 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
158 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
159 }
160
161 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
162 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
163 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000164 TTP->getPosition(),
165 TTP->isParameterPack(),
166 0,
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000167 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
168 SourceLocation(),
169 CanonParams.data(),
170 CanonParams.size(),
171 SourceLocation()));
172
173 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
174 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
175 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
176 (void)Canonical;
177
178 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
179 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
180 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
181 return CanonTTP;
182}
183
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000184CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000185 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
186
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000187 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000188 case CXXABI_ARM:
189 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
190 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000191 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000192 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
193 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
194 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000195 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000196}
197
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000198static const LangAS::Map &getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
199 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
200 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
201 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
202 // language-specific address space.
203 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
204 1, // opencl_global
205 2, // opencl_local
206 3 // opencl_constant
207 };
208 return FakeAddrSpaceMap;
209 } else {
210 return T.getAddressSpaceMap();
211 }
212}
213
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000214ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000215 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000216 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000217 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000218 unsigned size_reserve) :
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +0000219 FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000220 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
221 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +0000222 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000223 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
224 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000225 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0),
226 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0),
227 BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000228 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000229 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)),
230 AddrSpaceMap(getAddressSpaceMap(t, LOpts)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000231 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000232 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
233 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9a44b5f2010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000234 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000235 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall8178df32011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000236 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000237 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
238 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000239 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000241 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000242 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000243}
244
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000245ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000246 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
247 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
248 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000249
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000250 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
251 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
252 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000253
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000254 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
255 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
256 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
257 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
258 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000259
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000260 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000261 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
262 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
263 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
264 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
265 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
266 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
267 R->Destroy(*this);
268
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000269 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
270 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
271 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
272 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
273 R->Destroy(*this);
274 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000275
276 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
277 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
278 A != AEnd; ++A)
279 A->second->~AttrVec();
280}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000281
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000282void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
283 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
284}
285
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000287ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
288 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
289}
290
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000291void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000292 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
293 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000294
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000295 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000297#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
298#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
299 0 // Extra
300 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000302 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
303 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000304 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000305 }
306
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000307 unsigned Idx = 0;
308 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
309#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
310 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000311 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
312 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000313 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
314 ++Idx;
315#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
316#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000317
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000318 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
319
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000320 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000321 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
322 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
323 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
324 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
325 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
326 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000327 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000328 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
329 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
330 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
331 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
332 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
333 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000334 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000335 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
336 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
337 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
338 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
339 << NumImplicitDestructors
340 << " implicit destructors created\n";
341
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000342 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000343 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000344 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
345 }
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000346
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000347 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000348}
349
350
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000351void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000352 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000353 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000354 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000355}
356
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000357void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
358 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360 // C99 6.2.5p19.
361 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000362
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363 // C99 6.2.5p2.
364 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
365 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000366 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000367 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
368 else
369 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
370 // C99 6.2.5p4.
371 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
372 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
373 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
374 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
375 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000376
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000377 // C99 6.2.5p6.
378 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
379 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
380 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
381 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
382 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000384 // C99 6.2.5p10.
385 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
386 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
387 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000388
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000389 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
390 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
391 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
392
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000393 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedmand3d77cd2011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000394 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000395 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
396 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
397 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
398 } else // C99
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000399 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000400
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000401 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
402 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
403 else // C99
404 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
405
406 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
407 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
408 else // C99
409 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
410
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000411 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
412 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
413 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
414 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
415 // expressions.
416 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000417
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000418 // Placeholder type for functions.
419 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
420
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000421 // Placeholder type for bound members.
422 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
423
John McCall1de4d4e2011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000424 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
425 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
426
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000427 // C99 6.2.5p11.
428 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
429 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
430 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000431
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000432 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000434 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
435 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
436 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000437 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000439 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000440 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
441 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000442 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000443
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000444 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000445
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000446 // void * type
447 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000448
449 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
450 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000451}
452
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000453Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
454 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
455}
456
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000457AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
458 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
459 if (!Result) {
460 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
461 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
462 }
463
464 return *Result;
465}
466
467/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
468void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
469 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
470 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
471 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
472 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
473 }
474}
475
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000476MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000477ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000478 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000479 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000480 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
481 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
482 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000484 return Pos->second;
485}
486
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000487void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000488ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000489 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
490 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000491 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
492 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
493 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
494 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000495 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000496 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000497}
498
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000499NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000500ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000501 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000502 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
503 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000504 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000505
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000506 return Pos->second;
507}
508
509void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000510ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
511 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
512 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
513 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
514 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
515 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
516 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
517}
518
519UsingShadowDecl *
520ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
521 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
522 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
523 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
524 return 0;
525
526 return Pos->second;
527}
528
529void
530ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
531 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
532 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
533 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000534}
535
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000536FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
537 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
538 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
539 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
540 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000541
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000542 return Pos->second;
543}
544
545void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
546 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
547 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
548 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
549 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
550 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000552 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
553}
554
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000555bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
556 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
557 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
558 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0);
559
560}
561
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000562bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
563 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
564 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Fariborz Jahaniancc0f9f12011-05-03 22:07:14 +0000565 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0 &&
566 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() != 0);
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000567
568}
569
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000570bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
571 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
572 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
573 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() &&
574 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
575}
576
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000577bool ASTContext::NoneBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
578 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
579 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
580 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
581}
582
583bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNoneBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
584 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
585 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
586 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
587}
588
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000589ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
590ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
591 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
592 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
593 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
594 return 0;
595
596 return Pos->second.begin();
597}
598
599ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
600ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
601 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
602 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
603 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
604 return 0;
605
606 return Pos->second.end();
607}
608
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000609unsigned
610ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
611 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
612 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
613 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
614 return 0;
615
616 return Pos->second.size();
617}
618
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000619void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
620 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
621 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
622}
623
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000624//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
625// Type Sizing and Analysis
626//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000627
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000628/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
629/// scalar floating point type.
630const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000631 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000632 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
633 switch (BT->getKind()) {
634 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
635 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
636 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
637 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
638 }
639}
640
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000641/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000642/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
643/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000644/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
645/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000646CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000647 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
648
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000649 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
650 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
651 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000652
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000653 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
654 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
655 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
656 //
657 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
658 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
659 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
660 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
661 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
662 } else {
663 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
664 }
665 }
Fariborz Jahanian78a7d7d2011-05-05 21:19:14 +0000666 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
667 UseAlignAttrOnly =
668 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
669 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000670
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000671 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
672 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000673 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000674 // do nothing
675
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000676 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000677 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000678 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000679 if (RefAsPointee)
680 T = RT->getPointeeType();
681 else
682 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
683 }
684 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000685 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
686 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000687 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000688 const ArrayType *arrayType;
689 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
690 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
691 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
692 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
693 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
694 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000695
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000696 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
697 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
698 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000699 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
700 }
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000701
702 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
703 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
704 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
705 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
706 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
707 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
708 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
709 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
710
711 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000712 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000713
714 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
715 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
716 if (offset > 0) {
717 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
718 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
719 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
720 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
721 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
722 }
723
724 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000725 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000726 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000727
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000728 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000729}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000730
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000731std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000732ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000733 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000734 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
735 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000736}
737
738std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000739ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000740 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
741}
742
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000743/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
744/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000745///
746/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
747/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
748/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000749std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000750ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000751 uint64_t Width=0;
752 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000753 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000754#define TYPE(Class, Base)
755#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000756#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000757#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
758#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCalld3d49bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +0000759 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000760 break;
761
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000762 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
763 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000764 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
765 Width = 0;
766 Align = 32;
767 break;
768
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000769 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000770 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000771 Width = 0;
772 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
773 break;
774
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000775 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000776 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000777
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000778 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000779 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000780 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscd88b412011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000781 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000782 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000783 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000784 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000785 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000786 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
787 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
788 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000789 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000790 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
791 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000792 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000793 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
794 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
795 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000796 break;
797 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000798
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000799 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000800 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000801 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000802 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000803 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
804 Width = 0;
805 Align = 8;
806 break;
807
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000808 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000809 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
810 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000811 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000812 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
813 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
814 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000815 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000816 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
817 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000818 break;
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000819 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
820 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000821 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
822 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
823 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000824 case BuiltinType::Char16:
825 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
826 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
827 break;
828 case BuiltinType::Char32:
829 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
830 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
831 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000832 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000833 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000834 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
835 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000836 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000837 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000838 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000839 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
840 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000841 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000842 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000843 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000844 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
845 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000846 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000847 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000848 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000849 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
850 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000851 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000852 case BuiltinType::Int128:
853 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
854 Width = 128;
855 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
856 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000857 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000858 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
859 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000860 break;
861 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000862 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
863 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000864 break;
865 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000866 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
867 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000868 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000869 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
870 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
871 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000872 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000873 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
874 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
875 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
876 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
877 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
878 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000879 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000880 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000881 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000882 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000883 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000884 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000885 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000886 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
887 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000888 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
889 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
890 break;
891 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000892 case Type::LValueReference:
893 case Type::RValueReference: {
894 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
895 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000896 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
897 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000898 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
899 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
900 break;
901 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000902 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000903 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000904 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000905 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
906 break;
907 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000908 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000909 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000910 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000911 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000912 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000913 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
914 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000915 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000916 case Type::Complex: {
917 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
918 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000919 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000920 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000921 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000922 Align = EltInfo.second;
923 break;
924 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000925 case Type::ObjCObject:
926 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000927 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000928 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000929 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000930 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000931 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000932 break;
933 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000934 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000935 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000936 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
937
938 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor22ce41d2011-04-20 17:29:44 +0000939 Width = 8;
940 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000941 break;
942 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000943
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000944 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000945 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
946
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000947 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000948 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000949 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000950 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000951 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000952 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000953
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000954 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000955 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
956 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000957
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000958 case Type::Auto: {
959 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
960 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gaydc856af2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000961 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000962 }
963
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000964 case Type::Paren:
965 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
966
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000967 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +0000968 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000969 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
970 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerc1de52d2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000971 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
972 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
973 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
974 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
975 Align = AttrAlign;
976 else
977 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000978 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000979 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000980 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000981
982 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
983 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
984 .getTypePtr());
985
986 case Type::TypeOf:
987 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
988
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000989 case Type::Decltype:
990 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
991 .getTypePtr());
992
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +0000993 case Type::UnaryTransform:
994 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
995
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000996 case Type::Elaborated:
997 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000998
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +0000999 case Type::Attributed:
1000 return getTypeInfo(
1001 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1002
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001003 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001005 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001006 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1007 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1008 // aligned attribute on it.
1009 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1010 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1011 else
1012 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1013 }
1014
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001015 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001017 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001018 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001019}
1020
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001021/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1022CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1023 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1024}
1025
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001026/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1027int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1028 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1029}
1030
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001031/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1032/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001033CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001034 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001035}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001036CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001037 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001038}
1039
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001040/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001041/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001042CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001043 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001044}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001045CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001046 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001047}
1048
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001049/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1050/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1051/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1052/// a data type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001053unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001054 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001055
1056 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001057 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001058 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1059 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
1060 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
1061 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1062
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001063 return ABIAlign;
1064}
1065
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001066/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
1067/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
1068///
1069void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001070 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001071 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
1072 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
1073 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
1074 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
1075 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1076 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001077}
1078
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001079/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1080/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1081/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1082/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1083/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001084///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001085void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1086 bool leafClass,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001087 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001088 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1089 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1090 if (!leafClass) {
1091 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1092 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001093 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1094 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001095 else {
1096 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
1097 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
1098 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1099 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1100 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001101}
1102
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001103/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1104/// those inherited by it.
1105void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001106 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001107 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001108 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1109 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1110 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1111 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001112 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001113 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001114 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001115 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1116 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001117 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1118 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001119 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001120
1121 // Categories of this Interface.
1122 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1123 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1124 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1125 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1126 while (SD) {
1127 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1128 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1129 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001130 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001131 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001132 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1133 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001134 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001135 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1136 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1137 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1138 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001139 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001140 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1141 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1142 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001143 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001144 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1145 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1146 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1147 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001148 }
1149}
1150
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001151unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001152 unsigned count = 0;
1153 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001154 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1155 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001156 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1157
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001158 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1159 // includes synthesized ivars.
1160 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001161 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1162
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001163 return count;
1164}
1165
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001166/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1167ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1168 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1169 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1170 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1171 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1172 return 0;
1173}
1174/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1175ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1176 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1177 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1178 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1179 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1180 return 0;
1181}
1182
1183/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1184void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1185 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1186 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1187 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1188}
1189/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1190void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1191 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1192 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1193 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1194}
1195
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001196/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1197/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001198Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001199 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1200 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1201 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001202 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001203 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001204 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1205}
1206
1207/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1208void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1209 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001210 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1211 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001212 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1213}
1214
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001215/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001216///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001217/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001218/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1219///
1220/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1221/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1222/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001223TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001224 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001225 if (!DataSize)
1226 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1227 else
1228 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001229 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001230
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001231 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1232 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1233 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1234 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001235}
1236
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001237TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001238 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001239 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregorc21c7e92011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001240 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001241 return DI;
1242}
1243
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001244const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001245ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001246 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1247}
1248
1249const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001250ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1251 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001252 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1253}
1254
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001255//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1256// Type creation/memoization methods
1257//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1258
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001259QualType
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001260ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1261 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1262 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001263
1264 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1265 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001266 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1267 void *insertPos = 0;
1268 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1269 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1270 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001271 }
1272
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001273 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1274 QualType canon;
1275 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1276 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1277 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1278 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1279
1280 // Re-find the insert position.
1281 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1282 }
1283
1284 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1285 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1286 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001287}
1288
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001289QualType
1290ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001291 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1292 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001293 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001294
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001295 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1296 // into one ExtQuals node.
1297 QualifierCollector Quals;
1298 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001299
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001300 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1301 // another one.
1302 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1303 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1304 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001306 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001307}
1308
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001309QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001310 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001311 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001312 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001313 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001314
John McCall7f040a92010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001315 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1316 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001317 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001318 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1319 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1320 }
1321 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001323 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1324 // into one ExtQuals node.
1325 QualifierCollector Quals;
1326 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001327
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001328 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1329 // another one.
1330 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1331 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1332 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001333
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001334 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001335}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001336
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001337const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1338 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1339 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1340 return T;
1341
1342 QualType Result;
1343 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1344 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1345 } else {
1346 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1347 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1348 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1349 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1350 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1351 }
1352
1353 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1354}
1355
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001356/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1357/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001358QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001359 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1360 // structure.
1361 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1362 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001363
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001364 void *InsertPos = 0;
1365 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1366 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001367
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001368 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1369 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1370 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001371 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001372 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001373
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001374 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1375 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001376 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001377 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001378 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001379 Types.push_back(New);
1380 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1381 return QualType(New, 0);
1382}
1383
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001384/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1385/// the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001386QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001387 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1388 // structure.
1389 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1390 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001391
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001392 void *InsertPos = 0;
1393 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1394 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001395
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001396 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1397 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1398 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001399 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001400 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001401
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001402 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1403 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001404 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001405 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001406 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001407 Types.push_back(New);
1408 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1409 return QualType(New, 0);
1410}
1411
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001413/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001414QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001415 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1416 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001417 // structure.
1418 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1419 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001420
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001421 void *InsertPos = 0;
1422 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1423 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1424 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001425
1426 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001427 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1428 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001429 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001430 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001432 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1433 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1434 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001435 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001436 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001437 BlockPointerType *New
1438 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001439 Types.push_back(New);
1440 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1441 return QualType(New, 0);
1442}
1443
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001444/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1445/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001446QualType
1447ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor9625e442011-05-21 22:16:50 +00001448 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
1449 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
1450
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001451 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1452 // structure.
1453 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001454 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001455
1456 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001457 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1458 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001459 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001460
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001461 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1462
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1464 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1465 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001466 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1467 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1468 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001469
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001470 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001471 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1472 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001473 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001474 }
1475
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001476 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001477 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1478 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001479 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001480 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001481
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001482 return QualType(New, 0);
1483}
1484
1485/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1486/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001487QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001488 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1489 // structure.
1490 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001491 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001492
1493 void *InsertPos = 0;
1494 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1495 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1496 return QualType(RT, 0);
1497
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001498 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1499
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001500 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1501 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1502 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001503 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1504 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1505 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001506
1507 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1508 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1509 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001510 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001511 }
1512
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001513 RValueReferenceType *New
1514 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001515 Types.push_back(New);
1516 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001517 return QualType(New, 0);
1518}
1519
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001520/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1521/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001522QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001523 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1524 // structure.
1525 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1526 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1527
1528 void *InsertPos = 0;
1529 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1530 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1531 return QualType(PT, 0);
1532
1533 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1534 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1535 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001536 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001537 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1538
1539 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1540 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1541 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001542 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001543 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001544 MemberPointerType *New
1545 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001546 Types.push_back(New);
1547 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1548 return QualType(New, 0);
1549}
1550
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001551/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001552/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001553QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001554 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001555 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001556 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001557 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1558 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001559 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1560
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001561 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1562 // the target.
1563 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001564 ArySize =
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001565 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001568 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001569
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001570 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001571 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001572 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001573 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001574
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001575 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1576 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1577 QualType Canon;
1578 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1579 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1580 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001581 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001582 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1583
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001584 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001585 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001586 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001587 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001588 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001589
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001590 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001591 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001592 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001593 Types.push_back(New);
1594 return QualType(New, 0);
1595}
1596
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001597/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1598/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1599/// sizes replaced with [*].
1600QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1601 // Vastly most common case.
1602 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001603
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001604 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001605
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001606 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1607 const Type *ty = split.first;
1608 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1609#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1610#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1611#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1612#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1613 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1614
1615 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1616 case Type::Builtin:
1617 case Type::Complex:
1618 case Type::Vector:
1619 case Type::ExtVector:
1620 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1621 case Type::ObjCObject:
1622 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1623 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1624 case Type::Record:
1625 case Type::Enum:
1626 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1627 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1628 case Type::TypeOf:
1629 case Type::Decltype:
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001630 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001631 case Type::DependentName:
1632 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1633 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1634 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1635 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1636 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001637 case Type::Auto:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001638 case Type::PackExpansion:
1639 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1640
1641 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1642 // further decay.
1643 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1644 case Type::FunctionProto:
1645 case Type::BlockPointer:
1646 case Type::MemberPointer:
1647 return type;
1648
1649 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1650 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1651 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1652 // optimizations available here.
1653 case Type::Pointer:
1654 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1655 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1656 break;
1657
1658 case Type::LValueReference: {
1659 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1660 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1661 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1662 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1663 break;
1664 }
1665
1666 case Type::RValueReference: {
1667 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1668 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1669 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1670 break;
1671 }
1672
1673 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1674 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1675 result = getConstantArrayType(
1676 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1677 cat->getSize(),
1678 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1679 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1680 break;
1681 }
1682
1683 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1684 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1685 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1686 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1687 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1688 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1689 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1690 dat->getBracketsRange());
1691 break;
1692 }
1693
1694 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1695 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1696 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1697 result = getVariableArrayType(
1698 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1699 /*size*/ 0,
1700 ArrayType::Normal,
1701 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1702 SourceRange());
1703 break;
1704 }
1705
1706 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1707 case Type::VariableArray: {
1708 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1709 result = getVariableArrayType(
1710 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1711 /*size*/ 0,
1712 ArrayType::Star,
1713 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1714 vat->getBracketsRange());
1715 break;
1716 }
1717 }
1718
1719 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1720 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1721}
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001722
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001723/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1724/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001725QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1726 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001727 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001728 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001729 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001730 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1731 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001732 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001733
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001734 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1735 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1736 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1737 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001738 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001739 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001740 }
1741
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001742 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001743 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001744
1745 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1746 Types.push_back(New);
1747 return QualType(New, 0);
1748}
1749
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001750/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1751/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001752/// type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001753QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1754 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001755 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001756 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1757 SourceRange brackets) const {
1758 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1759 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001760 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1761
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001762 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1763 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1764 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1765 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1766 if (!numElements) {
1767 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1768 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1769 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1770 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1771 brackets);
1772 Types.push_back(newType);
1773 return QualType(newType, 0);
1774 }
1775
1776 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1777 // also build a canonical type.
1778
1779 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1780
1781 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001782 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001783 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1784 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1785 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001786
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001787 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1788 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1789 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001790
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001791 // If we don't have one, build one.
1792 if (!canonTy) {
1793 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1794 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1795 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1796 brackets);
1797 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1798 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001799 }
1800
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001801 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1802 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1803 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001805 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1806 // then just use that as our result.
1807 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1808 return canon;
1809
1810 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1811 // of the element type.
1812 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1813 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1814 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1815 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1816 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1817 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001818}
1819
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001820QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001821 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001822 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001823 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001824 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001825
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001826 void *insertPos = 0;
1827 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1828 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1829 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001830
1831 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001832 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1833 // qualifiers off the element type.
1834 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001835
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001836 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1837 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1838 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1839 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1840 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001841
1842 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001843 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1844 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1845 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001846 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001847
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001848 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1849 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001850
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001851 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1852 Types.push_back(newType);
1853 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001854}
1855
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001856/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1857/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001858QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001859 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001860 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001861
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001862 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1863 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001864 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001865
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001866 void *InsertPos = 0;
1867 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1868 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1869
1870 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1871 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1872 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001873 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001874 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001875
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001876 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1877 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001878 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001879 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001880 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001881 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001882 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1883 Types.push_back(New);
1884 return QualType(New, 0);
1885}
1886
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001887/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001888/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001889QualType
1890ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor4ac01402011-06-15 16:02:29 +00001891 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001892
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001893 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1894 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001895 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001896 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001897 void *InsertPos = 0;
1898 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1899 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1900
1901 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1902 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1903 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001904 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001905 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001906
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001907 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1908 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001909 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001910 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001911 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1912 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001913 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1914 Types.push_back(New);
1915 return QualType(New, 0);
1916}
1917
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001918QualType
1919ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1920 Expr *SizeExpr,
1921 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001922 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001923 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001924 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001925
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001926 void *InsertPos = 0;
1927 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1928 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1929 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1930 if (Canon) {
1931 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1932 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001933 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1934 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1935 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001936 } else {
1937 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1938 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001939 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1940 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1941 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001942
1943 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1944 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1945 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1946 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001947 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1948 } else {
1949 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1950 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001951 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1952 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001953 }
1954 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001956 Types.push_back(New);
1957 return QualType(New, 0);
1958}
1959
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001960/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001961///
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001962QualType
1963ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1964 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001965 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
1966 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1967 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001968 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1969 // structure.
1970 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001971 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001973 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001974 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001975 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001976 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001978 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001979 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001980 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001981 Canonical =
1982 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1983 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001985 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001986 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1987 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001988 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001989 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001990
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001991 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001992 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001993 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001994 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001995 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001996 return QualType(New, 0);
1997}
1998
1999/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2000/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002001QualType
2002ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2003 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2004 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002005 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2006 // structure.
2007 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002008 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002009
2010 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002011 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002012 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002013 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002014
2015 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002016 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002017 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002018 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002019 isCanonical = false;
2020
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002021 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2022 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2023 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002024
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002025 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002026 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002027 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002028 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002029 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
2030 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2031 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002032 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002033
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002034 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002035 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2036 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002037 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2038 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2039
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002040 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002041 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002042 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002043
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002044 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002045 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2046 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002047 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002048 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002049
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002050 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2051 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2052 // - parameter types
2053 // - exception types
2054 // - consumed-arguments flags
2055 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
2056 // expression.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002057 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002058 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2059 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2060 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2061 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002062 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002063 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002064 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2065 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2066
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002067 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002068 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2069 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002070 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002071 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002072 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002073 return QualType(FTP, 0);
2074}
2075
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002076#ifndef NDEBUG
2077static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2078 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2079 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2080 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2081 return true;
2082 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2083 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2084 return true;
2085 return false;
2086}
2087#endif
2088
2089/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2090/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2091QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002092 QualType TST) const {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002093 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2094 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2095 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00002096 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002097 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2098 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2099 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2100 } else {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002101 Type *newType =
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002102 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002103 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2104 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002105 }
2106 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2107}
2108
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002109/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2110/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002111QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002112 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002113 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002114
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002115 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002116 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002117
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002118 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2119 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2120
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002121 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002122 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2123 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2124 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002125 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002126 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002127 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2128 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002129 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002130 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002131 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002132 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2133 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2134 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002135 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002136 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002137
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002138 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002139}
2140
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002141/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002142/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002143QualType
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002144ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2145 QualType Canonical) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002146 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002147
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002148 if (Canonical.isNull())
2149 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002150 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002151 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002152 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2153 Types.push_back(newType);
2154 return QualType(newType, 0);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002155}
2156
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002157QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002158 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2159
2160 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2161 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2162 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2163
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002164 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2165 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2166 Types.push_back(newType);
2167 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002168}
2169
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002170QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002171 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2172
2173 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2174 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2175 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2176
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002177 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2178 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2179 Types.push_back(newType);
2180 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002181}
2182
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002183QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2184 QualType modifiedType,
2185 QualType equivalentType) {
2186 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2187 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2188
2189 void *insertPos = 0;
2190 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2191 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2192
2193 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2194 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2195 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2196
2197 Types.push_back(type);
2198 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2199
2200 return QualType(type, 0);
2201}
2202
2203
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002204/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2205QualType
2206ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002207 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002208 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002209 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2210
2211 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2212 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2213 void *InsertPos = 0;
2214 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2215 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2216
2217 if (!SubstParm) {
2218 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2219 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2220 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2221 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2222 }
2223
2224 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2225}
2226
Douglas Gregorc3069d62011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002227/// \brief Retrieve a
2228QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2229 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2230 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2231#ifndef NDEBUG
2232 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2233 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2234 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2235 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2236 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2237 }
2238#endif
2239
2240 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2241 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2242 void *InsertPos = 0;
2243 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2244 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2245 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2246
2247 QualType Canon;
2248 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2249 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2250 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2251 ArgPack);
2252 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2253 }
2254
2255 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2256 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2257 ArgPack);
2258 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2259 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2260 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2261}
2262
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002263/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002265/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002267 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002268 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002269 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002270 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002271 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002272 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002273 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2274
2275 if (TypeParm)
2276 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002277
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002278 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002279 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002280 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002281
2282 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2283 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2284 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2285 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002286 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002287 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2288 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002289
2290 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2291 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2292
2293 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2294}
2295
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002296TypeSourceInfo *
2297ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2298 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2299 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002300 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002301 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2302 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002303 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002304
2305 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2306 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2307 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2308 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2309 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2310 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2311 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2312 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2313 return DI;
2314}
2315
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002316QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002317ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002318 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002319 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002320 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2321 "No dependent template names here!");
2322
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002323 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2324
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002325 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2326 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2327 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2328 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2329
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002330 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002331 Underlying);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002332}
2333
2334QualType
2335ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002336 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2337 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002338 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002339 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2340 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002341 // Look through qualified template names.
2342 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2343 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002344
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002345 bool isTypeAlias =
2346 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
2347 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
2348
2349 QualType CanonType;
2350 if (!Underlying.isNull())
2351 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
2352 else {
2353 assert(!isTypeAlias &&
2354 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2355 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
2356 NumArgs);
2357 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002358
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002359 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2360 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2361 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002362 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2363 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
2364 (isTypeAlias ? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002365 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002367 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002368 Args, NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002369 CanonType,
2370 isTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002372 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002373 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002374}
2375
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002376QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002377ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2378 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002379 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002380 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2381 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002382 assert((!Template.getAsTemplateDecl() ||
2383 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) &&
2384 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2385
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002386 // Look through qualified template names.
2387 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2388 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002389
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002390 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2391 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2392 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2393 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2394 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2395 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2396
2397 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2398 // exists.
2399 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2400 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2401 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2402
2403 void *InsertPos = 0;
2404 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2405 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2406
2407 if (!Spec) {
2408 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2409 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2410 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2411 TypeAlignment);
2412 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2413 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002414 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002415 Types.push_back(Spec);
2416 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2417 }
2418
2419 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2420 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2421 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2422}
2423
2424QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002425ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2426 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002427 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002428 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002429 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002430
2431 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002432 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002433 if (T)
2434 return QualType(T, 0);
2435
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002436 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2437 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2438 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002439 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2440 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002441 (void)CheckT;
2442 }
2443
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002444 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002445 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002446 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002447 return QualType(T, 0);
2448}
2449
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002450QualType
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002451ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002452 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2453 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2454
2455 void *InsertPos = 0;
2456 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2457 if (T)
2458 return QualType(T, 0);
2459
2460 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2461 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2462 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2463 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2464 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2465 (void)CheckT;
2466 }
2467
2468 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2469 Types.push_back(T);
2470 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2471 return QualType(T, 0);
2472}
2473
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002474QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2475 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2476 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002477 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002478 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2479
2480 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2481 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002482 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2483 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2484 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2485
2486 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2487 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002488 }
2489
2490 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002491 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002492
2493 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002494 DependentNameType *T
2495 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002496 if (T)
2497 return QualType(T, 0);
2498
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002499 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002500 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002501 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002502 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002503}
2504
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002505QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002506ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2507 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002508 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002509 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002510 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002511 // TODO: avoid this copy
2512 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2513 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2514 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2515 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2516 ArgCopy.size(),
2517 ArgCopy.data());
2518}
2519
2520QualType
2521ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2522 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2523 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2524 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2525 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002526 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002527 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2528 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002529
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002530 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002531 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2532 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002533
2534 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002535 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2536 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002537 if (T)
2538 return QualType(T, 0);
2539
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002540 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002541
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002542 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2543 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2544
2545 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2546 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2547 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2548 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2549 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2550 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002551 }
2552
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002553 QualType Canon;
2554 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2555 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2556 Name, NumArgs,
2557 CanonArgs.data());
2558
2559 // Find the insert position again.
2560 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2561 }
2562
2563 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2564 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2565 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002566 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002567 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002568 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002569 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002570 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002571}
2572
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002573QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2574 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002575 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002576 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002577
2578 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2579 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2580 void *InsertPos = 0;
2581 PackExpansionType *T
2582 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2583 if (T)
2584 return QualType(T, 0);
2585
2586 QualType Canon;
2587 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002588 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002589
2590 // Find the insert position again.
2591 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2592 }
2593
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002594 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002595 Types.push_back(T);
2596 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2597 return QualType(T, 0);
2598}
2599
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002600/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2601/// alphabetically.
2602static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2603 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002604 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002605}
2606
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002607static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002608 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2609 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2610
2611 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2612 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2613 return false;
2614 return true;
2615}
2616
2617static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002618 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2619 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002620
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002621 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2622 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2623
2624 // Remove duplicates.
2625 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2626 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2627}
2628
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002629QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2630 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002631 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002632 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2633 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2634 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2635 return BaseType;
2636
2637 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002638 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002639 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002640 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002641 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2642 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002643
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002644 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2645 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002646 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002647 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2648 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2649 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002650 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2651 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002652 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2653
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002654 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002655 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2656 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002657 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002658 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2659 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002660 }
2661
2662 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002663 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2664 }
2665
2666 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2667 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2668 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2669 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2670 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2671
2672 Types.push_back(T);
2673 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2674 return QualType(T, 0);
2675}
2676
2677/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2678/// the given object type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002679QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002680 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2681 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2682
2683 void *InsertPos = 0;
2684 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2685 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2686 return QualType(QT, 0);
2687
2688 // Find the canonical object type.
2689 QualType Canonical;
2690 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2691 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2692
2693 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002694 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2695 }
2696
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002697 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002698 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2699 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2700 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002701
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002702 Types.push_back(QType);
2703 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002704 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002705}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002706
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002707/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2708/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002709QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002710 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2711 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002712
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002713 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2714 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2715 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2716 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2717 Types.push_back(T);
2718 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002719}
2720
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002721/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2722/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002723/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002724/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002725/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002726QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002727 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002728 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2729 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2730 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002732 void *InsertPos = 0;
2733 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2734 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2735 if (Canon) {
2736 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2737 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002738 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002739 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2740 }
2741 else {
2742 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002743 Canon
2744 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002745 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2746 toe = Canon;
2747 }
2748 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002749 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002750 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002751 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002752 Types.push_back(toe);
2753 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002754}
2755
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002756/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2757/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2758/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002759/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002760/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002761QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002762 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002763 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002764 Types.push_back(tot);
2765 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002766}
2767
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002768/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2769/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002770static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002771 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2772 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002773
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002774 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2775 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2776 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2777 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2778 return VD->getType();
2779 }
2780 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2781 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2782 return FD->getType();
2783 }
2784 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2785 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2786 // return type of that function.
2787 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2788 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002790 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002791
2792 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002793 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002794 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002795 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002796
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002797 return T;
2798}
2799
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002800/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2801/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2802/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002804/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002805QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002806 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor561f8122011-07-01 01:22:09 +00002807
2808 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
2809 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
2810 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
2811 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
2812 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002813 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2814 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002815
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002816 void *InsertPos = 0;
2817 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2818 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2819 if (Canon) {
2820 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2821 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002822 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002823 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2824 }
2825 else {
2826 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002827 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002828 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2829 dt = Canon;
2830 }
2831 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002832 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002833 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002834 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002835 Types.push_back(dt);
2836 return QualType(dt, 0);
2837}
2838
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002839/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
2840/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
2841QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2842 QualType UnderlyingType,
2843 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
2844 const {
2845 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor69d97752011-05-25 17:51:54 +00002846 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
2847 Kind,
2848 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
2849 QualType() : UnderlyingType);
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002850 Types.push_back(Ty);
2851 return QualType(Ty, 0);
2852}
2853
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002854/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002855QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002856 void *InsertPos = 0;
2857 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2858 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2859 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2860 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2861 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2862 return QualType(AT, 0);
2863 }
2864
2865 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2866 Types.push_back(AT);
2867 if (InsertPos)
2868 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2869 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002870}
2871
Richard Smithad762fc2011-04-14 22:09:26 +00002872/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
2873QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
2874 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
2875 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
2876 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
2877 return AutoDeductTy;
2878}
2879
2880/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
2881QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
2882 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
2883 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
2884 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
2885 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
2886}
2887
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002888/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2889/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002890QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002891 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002892 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2893 // away const? mutable?
2894 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002895}
2896
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002897/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2898/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2899/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002900CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002901 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002902}
2903
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002904/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2905/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2906QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2907 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2908 return WCharTy;
2909}
2910
2911/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2912/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2913QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2914 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2915 return UnsignedIntTy;
2916}
2917
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002918/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2919/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2920QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002921 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002922}
2923
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002924//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2925// Type Operators
2926//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2927
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002928CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002929 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2930 // qualifiers.
2931 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002932 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002933 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002934 QualType Result;
2935 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2936 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2937 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2938 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2939 } else {
2940 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2941 }
2942
2943 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2944}
2945
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002946QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2947 Qualifiers &quals) {
2948 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2949
2950 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2951 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2952 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2953 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2954 const ArrayType *AT =
2955 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2956
2957 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002958 if (!AT) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002959 quals = splitType.second;
2960 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002961 }
2962
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002963 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2964 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2965 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2966
2967 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2968 // can just use the results in splitType.
2969 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2970 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2971 quals = splitType.second;
2972 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2973 }
2974
2975 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2976 // build the type back up.
2977 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002978
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002979 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002980 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002981 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2982 }
2983
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002984 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002985 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002986 }
2987
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002988 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002989 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002990 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002991 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2992 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2993 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2994 }
2995
2996 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002997 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002998 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2999 SourceRange());
3000}
3001
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003002/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3003/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3004/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3005/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3006/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3007/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3008/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3009/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3010bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3011 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3012 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3013 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3014 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3015 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3016 return true;
3017 }
3018
3019 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3020 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3021 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3022 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3023 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3024 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3025 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3026 return true;
3027 }
3028
3029 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
3030 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3031 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3032 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3033 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3034 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3035 return true;
3036 }
3037 }
3038
3039 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3040
3041 return false;
3042}
3043
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003044DeclarationNameInfo
3045ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3046 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003047 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3048 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3049 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003050 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003051 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3052 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003053
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003054 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3055 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3056 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3057 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3058 }
3059
3060 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3061 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003062 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003063 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003064 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3065 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003066 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003067 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3068 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3069 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3070 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3071 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3072 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003073 }
3074 }
3075
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003076 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3077 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3078 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3079 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3080 NameLoc);
3081 }
3082
3083 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3084 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3085 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3086 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3087 NameLoc);
3088 }
3089 }
3090
3091 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003092}
3093
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003094TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003095 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3096 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3097 case TemplateName::Template: {
3098 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003099 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003100 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003101 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3102
3103 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003104 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003105 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003106
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003107 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3108 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003109
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003110 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3111 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3112 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3113 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3114 }
3115
3116 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3117 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3118 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3119 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3120 }
3121
3122 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3123 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3124 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3125 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3126 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3127 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3128 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3129 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3130 }
3131 }
3132
3133 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003134}
3135
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003136bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3137 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3138 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3139 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3140}
3141
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003142TemplateArgument
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003143ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003144 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3145 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3146 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003147
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003148 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003149 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003150
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003151 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003152 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003154 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3155 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003156
3157 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3158 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3159 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregor2be29f42011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003160 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003161
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003162 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003163 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003164 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003165
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003166 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003167 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003169 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003170 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3171 return Arg;
3172
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003173 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3174 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003175 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003176 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003177 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3178 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3179 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003180
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003181 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003182 }
3183 }
3184
3185 // Silence GCC warning
3186 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
3187 return TemplateArgument();
3188}
3189
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003190NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003191ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003192 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003193 return 0;
3194
3195 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3196 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3197 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003198 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003199 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3200 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3201
3202 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3203 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3204 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor14aba762011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003205 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3206 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3207
3208 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3209 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3210 // this namespace and no prefix.
3211 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3212 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3213 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003214
3215 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3216 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3217 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003218
3219 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3220 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3221 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3222 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3223 // types, e.g.,
3224 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3225 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3226 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3227 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3228 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3229 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3230 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3231 }
3232
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003233 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003234 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3235 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3236 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3237 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003238
3239 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3240 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3241 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3242 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003243 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3244 }
3245
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003246 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3247 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003248 }
3249
3250 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3251 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3252 return NNS;
3253 }
3254
3255 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3256 return 0;
3257}
3258
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003259
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003260const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003261 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003262 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003263 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3264 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3265 return AT;
3266 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003267
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003268 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003269 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003270 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003271
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003272 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003273 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3274 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003275
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003276 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3277 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003278 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003279
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003280 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3281 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003282
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003283 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003284 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3285 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003286 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003288 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3289 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003290 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003291
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003292 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3293 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3294 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003295 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003296 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3297 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3298 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003299 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003300
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003301 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003302 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3303 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003304 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003305 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003306 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003307 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003308 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003309
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003310 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003311 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003312 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003313 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003314 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003315 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003316}
3317
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003318/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3319/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3320/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3321/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3322///
3323/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003324QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003325 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3326 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3327 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3328 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3329 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3330 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003331
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003332 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003333
3334 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003335 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003336}
3337
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003338QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3339 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003340}
3341
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003342QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3343 Qualifiers qs;
3344 while (true) {
3345 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3346 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3347 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003348
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003349 type = array->getElementType();
3350 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3351 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003352
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003353 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003354}
3355
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003356/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003357uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003358ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3359 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3360 do {
3361 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3362 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3363 } while (CA);
3364 return ElementCount;
3365}
3366
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003367/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3368/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003369static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003370 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003371 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003372
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003373 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3374 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003375 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003376 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3377 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3378 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
3379 }
3380}
3381
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003382/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3383/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003384/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3385/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003386QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3387 QualType Domain) const {
3388 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3389 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3390 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003391 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003392 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3393 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3394 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3395 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003396 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003397
3398 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3399 switch (EltRank) {
3400 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3401 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3402 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3403 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003404 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003405}
3406
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003407/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3408/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3409/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003410/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003411int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003412 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3413 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003415 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003416 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003417 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003418 return 1;
3419 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003420}
3421
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003422/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3423/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3424/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003425unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003426 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003427 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003428 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003429
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003430 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3431 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003432 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3433
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003434 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3435 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3436
3437 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3438 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3439
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003440 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003441 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3442 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003443 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003444 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3445 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3446 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3447 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003448 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003449 case BuiltinType::Short:
3450 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003451 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003452 case BuiltinType::Int:
3453 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003454 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003455 case BuiltinType::Long:
3456 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003457 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003458 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3459 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003460 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003461 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3462 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3463 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003464 }
3465}
3466
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003467/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3468/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3469///
3470/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3471/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003472QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003473 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3474 return QualType();
3475
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003476 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3477 if (!Field)
3478 return QualType();
3479
3480 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3481
3482 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3483 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3484 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3485 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3486 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3487 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3488 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3489 return IntTy;
3490
3491 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3492 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3493
3494 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3495 // like the base type.
3496 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3497 // is ridiculous.
3498 return QualType();
3499}
3500
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003501/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3502/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3503/// integer type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003504QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003505 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3506 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003507 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3508 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003509 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3510 return IntTy;
3511 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3512 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3513 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3514 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3515}
3516
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003517/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
3518/// type and returns its ownership.
3519Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
3520 while (!T.isNull()) {
3521 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
3522 return T.getObjCLifetime();
3523 if (T->isArrayType())
3524 T = getBaseElementType(T);
3525 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
3526 T = PT->getPointeeType();
3527 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis28445f02011-07-01 23:01:46 +00003528 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003529 else
3530 break;
3531 }
3532
3533 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
3534}
3535
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003536/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003537/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003538/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003539int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003540 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3541 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003542 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003543
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003544 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3545 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003546
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003547 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3548 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003549
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003550 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3551 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3552 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3553 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003554
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003555 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3556 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3557 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3558 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3559 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003560
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003561 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3562 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003563 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003564 return -1;
3565 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003566
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003567 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3568 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3569 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003570
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003571 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3572 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003573 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003574 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003575}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003576
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003577static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003578CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3579 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3580 SourceLocation Loc;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003581 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003582 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003583 else
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003584 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003585}
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003586
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003587// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003588QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003589 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003591 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003592 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003593 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003594
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003595 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003596
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003597 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003598 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003599 // int flags;
3600 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003601 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003602 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003603 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003604 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3605
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003606 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003607 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003608 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003609 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003610 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003611 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003612 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003613 /*Mutable=*/false,
3614 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003615 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003616 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003617 }
3618
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003619 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003620 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003621
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003622 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003623}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003624
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003625void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003626 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003627 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3628 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3629}
3630
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003631// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003632QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003633 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3634 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003635 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003636 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3637 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3638
3639 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3640
3641 // const int *isa;
3642 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3643 // const char *str;
3644 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3645 // unsigned int length;
3646 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3647
3648 // Create fields
3649 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3650 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003651 SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003652 SourceLocation(), 0,
3653 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3654 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003655 /*Mutable=*/false,
3656 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003657 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003658 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3659 }
3660
3661 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3662 }
3663
3664 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3665}
3666
3667void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3668 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3669 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3670 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3671}
3672
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003673QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003674 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003675 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003676 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003677 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003678 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003679
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003680 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3681 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003682 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003683 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3684 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3685 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3686 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003687
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003688 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003689 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3690 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003691 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003693 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003694 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003695 /*Mutable=*/false,
3696 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003697 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003698 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003699 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003700
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003701 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003702 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003704 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3705}
3706
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003707QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003708 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3709 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3710
3711 RecordDecl *T;
3712 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003713 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003714 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003715 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003716
3717 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3718 UnsignedLongTy,
3719 UnsignedLongTy,
3720 };
3721
3722 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3723 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003724 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003725 };
3726
3727 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003728 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003729 SourceLocation(),
3730 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003731 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003732 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003733 /*Mutable=*/false,
3734 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003735 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003736 T->addDecl(Field);
3737 }
3738
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003739 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003740
3741 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3742
3743 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3744}
3745
3746void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3747 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3748 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3749 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3750}
3751
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003752QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003753 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3754 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3755
3756 RecordDecl *T;
3757 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003758 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003759 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003760 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003761
3762 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3763 UnsignedLongTy,
3764 UnsignedLongTy,
3765 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3766 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3767 };
3768
3769 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3770 "reserved",
3771 "Size",
3772 "CopyFuncPtr",
3773 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3774 };
3775
3776 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003777 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003778 SourceLocation(),
3779 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003780 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003781 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003782 /*Mutable=*/false,
3783 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003784 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003785 T->addDecl(Field);
3786 }
3787
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003788 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003789
3790 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3791
3792 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3793}
3794
3795void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3796 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3797 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3798 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3799}
3800
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003801bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003802 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003803 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003804 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3805 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3806 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +00003807 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003808
3809 }
3810 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003811 return false;
3812}
3813
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003814QualType
3815ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003816 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003817 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003818 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003819 // unsigned int __flags;
3820 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003821 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3822 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003823 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003824 // } *
3825
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003826 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3827
3828 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003829 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3830 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3831 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003832 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003833 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003834 T->startDefinition();
3835 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3836 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3837 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3838 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3839 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3840 Int32Ty,
3841 Int32Ty,
3842 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3843 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3844 Ty
3845 };
3846
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003847 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003848 "__isa",
3849 "__forwarding",
3850 "__flags",
3851 "__size",
3852 "__copy_helper",
3853 "__destroy_helper",
3854 DeclName,
3855 };
3856
3857 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3858 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3859 continue;
3860 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003861 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003862 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003863 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003864 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3865 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003866 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003867 T->addDecl(Field);
3868 }
3869
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003870 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003871
3872 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003873}
3874
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003875void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003876 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003877 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3878 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3879}
3880
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003881// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3882// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003883static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003884 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003885 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3886 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003887
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003888 return false;
3889}
3890
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003891/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003892/// purpose.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003893CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003894 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
3895 return CharUnits::Zero();
3896
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003897 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003898
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003899 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003900 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003901 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003902 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3903 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003904 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003905 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003906}
3907
3908static inline
3909std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3910 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003911}
3912
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003913/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003914/// declaration.
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003915std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3916 std::string S;
3917
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003918 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3919 QualType BlockTy =
3920 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3921 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003922 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003923 // Compute size of all parameters.
3924 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3925 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3926 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003927 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3928 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003929 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003930 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3931 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003932 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003933 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003934 ParmOffset += sz;
3935 }
3936 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003937 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003938 // Block pointer and offset.
3939 S += "@?0";
3940 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3941
3942 // Argument types.
3943 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3944 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3945 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3946 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3947 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3948 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3949 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3950 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3951 // elements.
3952 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3953 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3954 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3955 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3956 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003957 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003958 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003959 }
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003960
3961 return S;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003962}
3963
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003964bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003965 std::string& S) {
3966 // Encode result type.
3967 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3968 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3969 // Compute size of all parameters.
3970 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3971 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3972 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3973 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003974 if (sz.isZero())
3975 return true;
3976
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003977 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003978 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003979 ParmOffset += sz;
3980 }
3981 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3982 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3983
3984 // Argument types.
3985 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3986 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3987 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3988 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3989 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3990 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3991 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3992 // elements.
3993 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3994 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3995 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3996 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3997 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3998 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3999 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4000 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004001
4002 return false;
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004003}
4004
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004005/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004006/// declaration.
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004007bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004008 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004009 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004010 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004011 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004012 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004013 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004014 // Compute size of all parameters.
4015 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4016 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4017 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004018 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004019 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4020 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004021 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004022 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004023 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004024 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004025 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004026 if (sz.isZero())
4027 return true;
4028
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004029 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4030 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004031 ParmOffset += sz;
4032 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004033 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004034 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004035 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004036
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004037 // Argument types.
4038 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004039 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004040 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004041 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004042 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004043 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004044 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4045 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4046 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004047 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004048 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4049 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4050 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004051 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004052 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004053 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004054 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004055 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004056 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004057 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004058
4059 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004060}
4061
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004062/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004063/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004064/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4065/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004066/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4067/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4068/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4069/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4070/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004071/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4072/// @code
4073/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4074/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4075/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4076/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4077/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4078/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4079/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4080/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
4081/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
4082/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4083/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4084/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4085/// };
4086/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004087void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004088 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004089 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004090 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4091 bool Dynamic = false;
4092 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4093
4094 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4095 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004096 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004097 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4098 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004099 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004100 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004101 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4102 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4103 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4104 Dynamic = true;
4105 } else {
4106 SynthesizePID = PID;
4107 }
4108 }
4109 }
4110 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004111 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004112 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004113 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004114 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004115 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4116 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4117 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4118 Dynamic = true;
4119 } else {
4120 SynthesizePID = PID;
4121 }
4122 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004123 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004124 }
4125 }
4126
4127 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4128 S = "T";
4129
4130 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004131 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4132 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004133 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004134 true /* outermost type */,
4135 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004136
4137 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4138 S += ",R";
4139 } else {
4140 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4141 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4142 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004144 }
4145 }
4146
4147 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4148 // are "dynamic by default".
4149 if (Dynamic)
4150 S += ",D";
4151
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004152 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4153 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004154
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004155 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4156 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004157 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004158 }
4159
4160 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4161 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004162 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004163 }
4164
4165 if (SynthesizePID) {
4166 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4167 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004168 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004169 }
4170
4171 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4172}
4173
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004174/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004175/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4176/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004177/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4178///
4179void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004180 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004181 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004182 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004183 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004184 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004185 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004186 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4187 }
4188 }
4189}
4190
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004191void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004192 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004193 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4194 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4195 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4196 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004198 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004199}
4200
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004201static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4202 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
4203 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
4204 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4205 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4206 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4207 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4208 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4209 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4210 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004211 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004212 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4213 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4214 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4215 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4216 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004217 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4218 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004219 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4220 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004221 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004222 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4223 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4224 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4225 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004226 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004227 }
4228}
4229
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004230static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004231 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004232 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
4233 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004234 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004235 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4236 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4237 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4238 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4239 //
4240 // struct
4241 // {
4242 // int integer;
4243 // int flags:2;
4244 // };
4245 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4246 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4247 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4248 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4249 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4250 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4251 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4252 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4253 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
4254 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
4255 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
4256 unsigned i = 0;
4257 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
4258 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
4259 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
4260 if (*Field == FD)
4261 break;
4262 }
4263 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
David Chisnallc7ff82c2010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004264 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4265 S += 'i';
4266 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004267 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004268 }
4269 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004270 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4271}
4272
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004273// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004274void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4275 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4276 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004277 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004278 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004279 bool EncodingProperty,
4280 bool StructField) const {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004281 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004282 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004283 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4284 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004285 return;
4286 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004287
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004288 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004289 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004290 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004291 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004292 return;
4293 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004294
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004295 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4296 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004297 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004298 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4299 S += ':';
4300 return;
4301 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004302 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4303 }
4304 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4305 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4306 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004307 bool isReadOnly = false;
4308 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4309 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4310 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004312 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004313 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4314 isReadOnly = true;
4315 S += 'r';
4316 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004317 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004318 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004319 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4320 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004321 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4322 isReadOnly = true;
4323 S += 'r';
4324 }
4325 }
4326 if (isReadOnly) {
4327 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4328 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4329 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004330 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
4331 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004332 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004333
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004334 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4335 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4336 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004337 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004338 S += '*';
4339 return;
4340 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004341 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004342 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4343 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4344 S += '#';
4345 return;
4346 }
4347 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4348 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4349 S += '@';
4350 return;
4351 }
4352 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004353 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004354 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004355 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4356
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004357 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004358 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004359 return;
4360 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004361
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004362 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4363 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4364 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004365 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004366 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4367 S += '^';
4368
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004369 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004370 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4371 } else {
4372 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004373
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004374 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
4375 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
4376 S += '0';
4377 else
4378 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4379 } else {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004380 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004381 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
4382 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004383 S += '0';
4384 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004385
4386 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004387 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4388 S += ']';
4389 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004390 return;
4391 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004392
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004393 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004394 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004395 return;
4396 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004397
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004398 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004399 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004400 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004401 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4402 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4403 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004404 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4405 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4406 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4407 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4408 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004409 TemplateArgs.data(),
4410 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004411 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4412
4413 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4414 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004415 } else {
4416 S += '?';
4417 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004418 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004419 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004420 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
4421 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
4422 } else {
4423 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4424 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4425 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
4426 if (FD) {
4427 S += '"';
4428 S += Field->getNameAsString();
4429 S += '"';
4430 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004431
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004432 // Special case bit-fields.
4433 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4434 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
4435 (*Field));
4436 } else {
4437 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4438 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4439 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
4440 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
4441 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4442 /*StructField*/true);
4443 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004444 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004445 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004446 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004447 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004448 return;
4449 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004450
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004451 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004452 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004453 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004454 else
4455 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004456 return;
4457 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004458
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004459 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004460 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004461 return;
4462 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004463
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004464 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4465 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4466 T = OT->getBaseType();
4467
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004468 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004469 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004470 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004471 S += '{';
4472 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4473 S += II->getName();
4474 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004475 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4476 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4477 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4478 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4479 if (Field->isBitField())
4480 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004481 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004482 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004483 }
4484 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004485 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004486 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004487
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004488 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004489 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4490 S += '@';
4491 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004492 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004493
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004494 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4495 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4496 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4497 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004498 S += '#';
4499 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004500 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004501
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004502 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004503 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004504 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4505 ExpandStructures, FD);
4506 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4507 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4508 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004509 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004510 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4511 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004512 S += '<';
4513 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4514 S += '>';
4515 }
4516 S += '"';
4517 }
4518 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004519 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004520
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004521 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4522 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4523 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4524 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004525 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004526 // {...};
4527 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004528 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4529 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004530 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004531 return;
4532 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004533
4534 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004535 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004536 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004537 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004538 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4539 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004540 S += '<';
4541 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4542 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004543 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004544 S += '"';
4545 }
4546 return;
4547 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004548
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004549 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4550 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4551 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4552 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004553
4554 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4555 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4556 // insufficient.
4557 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4558 return;
4559 }
4560
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004561 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004562}
4563
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004564void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
4565 std::string &S,
4566 const FieldDecl *FD,
4567 bool includeVBases) const {
4568 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
4569 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
4570 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
4571 return;
4572
4573 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
4574 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
4575 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
4576
4577 if (CXXRec) {
4578 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4579 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
4580 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4581 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
4582 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004583 if (base->isEmpty())
4584 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004585 uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4586 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4587 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4588 }
4589 }
4590 }
4591
4592 unsigned i = 0;
4593 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4594 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4595 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
4596 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
4597 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4598 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
4599 }
4600
4601 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
4602 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4603 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
4604 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4605 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004606 if (base->isEmpty())
4607 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004608 uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4609 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4610 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4611 }
4612 }
4613
4614 CharUnits size;
4615 if (CXXRec) {
4616 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
4617 } else {
4618 size = layout.getSize();
4619 }
4620
4621 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
4622 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4623 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
4624
4625 if (CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) {
4626 assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
4627 "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?");
4628 if (FD) {
4629 S += "\"_vptr$";
4630 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
4631 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
4632 S += recname;
4633 S += '"';
4634 }
4635 S += "^^?";
4636 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
4637 }
4638
4639 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4640 // Mark the end of the structure.
4641 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
4642 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4643 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
4644 }
4645
4646 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
4647 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
4648
4649 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
4650 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
4651 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
4652 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
4653 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
4654 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
4655 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
4656 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
4657 // longer then though.
4658 CurOffs += padding;
4659 }
4660
4661 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
4662 if (dcl == 0)
4663 break; // reached end of structure.
4664
4665 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
4666 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
4667 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
4668 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
4669 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
4670 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004671 assert(!base->isEmpty());
4672 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004673 } else {
4674 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
4675 if (FD) {
4676 S += '"';
4677 S += field->getNameAsString();
4678 S += '"';
4679 }
4680
4681 if (field->isBitField()) {
4682 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
4683 CurOffs += field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue();
4684 } else {
4685 QualType qt = field->getType();
4686 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4687 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
4688 /*OutermostType*/false,
4689 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4690 /*StructField*/true);
4691 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
4692 }
4693 }
4694 }
4695}
4696
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004697void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004698 std::string& S) const {
4699 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4700 S += 'n';
4701 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4702 S += 'N';
4703 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4704 S += 'o';
4705 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4706 S += 'O';
4707 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4708 S += 'R';
4709 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4710 S += 'V';
4711}
4712
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004713void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004714 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004715
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004716 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4717}
4718
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004719void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004720 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004721}
4722
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004723void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004724 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004725}
4726
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004727void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004728 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004729}
4730
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004731void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004732 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004733}
4734
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004735void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004736 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004737 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004738
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004739 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004740}
4741
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004742/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4743/// lookup.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004744TemplateName
4745ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4746 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004747 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4748 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4749
4750 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4751 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4752 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4753
4754 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004755 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004756 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4757 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4758 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4759 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4760 *Storage++ = D;
4761 }
4762
4763 return TemplateName(OT);
4764}
4765
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004766/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4767/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004768TemplateName
4769ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4770 bool TemplateKeyword,
4771 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004772 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4773
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004774 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004775 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4776 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4777
4778 void *InsertPos = 0;
4779 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4780 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4781 if (!QTN) {
4782 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4783 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4784 }
4785
4786 return TemplateName(QTN);
4787}
4788
4789/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4790/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004791TemplateName
4792ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4793 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004794 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004795 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004796
4797 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4798 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4799
4800 void *InsertPos = 0;
4801 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4802 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4803
4804 if (QTN)
4805 return TemplateName(QTN);
4806
4807 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4808 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4809 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4810 } else {
4811 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4812 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004813 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4814 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4815 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4816 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004817 }
4818
4819 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4820 return TemplateName(QTN);
4821}
4822
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004823/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4824/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4825TemplateName
4826ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004827 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004828 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4829 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4830
4831 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4832 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4833
4834 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004835 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4836 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004837
4838 if (QTN)
4839 return TemplateName(QTN);
4840
4841 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4842 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4843 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4844 } else {
4845 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4846 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004847
4848 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4849 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4850 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4851 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004852 }
4853
4854 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4855 return TemplateName(QTN);
4856}
4857
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004858TemplateName
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004859ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
4860 TemplateName replacement) const {
4861 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4862 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
4863
4864 void *insertPos = 0;
4865 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
4866 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
4867
4868 if (!subst) {
4869 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
4870 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
4871 }
4872
4873 return TemplateName(subst);
4874}
4875
4876TemplateName
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004877ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4878 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4879 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4880 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4881 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4882
4883 void *InsertPos = 0;
4884 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4885 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4886
4887 if (!Subst) {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004888 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004889 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4890 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4891 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4892 }
4893
4894 return TemplateName(Subst);
4895}
4896
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004897/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004898/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4899/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004900CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004901 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004902 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004903 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4904 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4905 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4906 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4907 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4908 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4909 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4910 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4911 }
4912
4913 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004914 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004915}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004916
4917//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4918// Type Predicates.
4919//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4920
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004921/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4922/// garbage collection attribute.
4923///
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004924Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4925 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4926 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4927
4928 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4929 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4930
4931 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4932 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4933 // as __strong.
4934 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4935 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4936 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4937 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4938 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4939 } else {
4940 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4941 // pointer.
4942#ifndef NDEBUG
4943 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4944 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4945 CT = AT->getElementType();
4946 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4947#endif
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004948 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004949 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004950}
4951
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004952//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4953// Type Compatibility Testing
4954//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004955
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004956/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004957/// compatible.
4958static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4959 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004960 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004961 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004962 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004963}
4964
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004965bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4966 QualType SecondVec) {
4967 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4968 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4969
4970 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4971 return true;
4972
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004973 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4974 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004975 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4976 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004977 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004978 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004979 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4980 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4981 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4982 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004983 return true;
4984
4985 return false;
4986}
4987
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004988//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4989// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4990//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4991
4992/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4993/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004994bool
4995ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4996 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004997 if (lProto == rProto)
4998 return true;
4999 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
5000 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
5001 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
5002 return true;
5003 return false;
5004}
5005
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005006/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
5007/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
5008/// otherwise.
5009bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5010 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
5011 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
5012 return false;
5013}
5014
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005015/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
5016/// Class<p1, ...>.
5017bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
5018 QualType rhs) {
5019 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5020 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5021 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
5022
5023 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5024 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5025 bool match = false;
5026 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5027 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5028 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5029 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5030 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
5031 match = true;
5032 break;
5033 }
5034 }
5035 if (!match)
5036 return false;
5037 }
5038 return true;
5039}
5040
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005041/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
5042/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
5043bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5044 bool compare) {
5045 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005046 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005047 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
5048 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005049 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005050 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
5051 return true;
5052
5053 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005054 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005055
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005056 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005057
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005058 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005059 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005060 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5061 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5062 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5063 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5064 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5065 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5066 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005067 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005068 return false;
5069 }
5070 }
5071 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
5072 return true;
5073 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005074 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005075 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5076 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5077 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5078 bool match = false;
5079
5080 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5081 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5082 // through its super class and categories.
5083 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5084 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5085 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5086 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5087 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5088 match = true;
5089 break;
5090 }
5091 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005092 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005093 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5094 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5095 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5096 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5097 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5098 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5099 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005100 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005101 match = true;
5102 break;
5103 }
5104 }
5105 }
5106 if (!match)
5107 return false;
5108 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005109
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005110 return true;
5111 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005112
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005113 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
5114 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
5115
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005116 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005117 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005118 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005119 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5120 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5121 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5122 bool match = false;
5123
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005124 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005125 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5126 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005127 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
5128 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005129 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5130 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5131 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5132 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5133 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5134 match = true;
5135 break;
5136 }
5137 }
5138 if (!match)
5139 return false;
5140 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005141
5142 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
5143 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
5144 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5145 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
5146 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
5147 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
5148 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
5149 // assume that it is mismatch.
5150 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
5151 return false;
5152 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5153 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5154 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5155 bool match = false;
5156 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
5157 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5158 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5159 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5160 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5161 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5162 match = true;
5163 break;
5164 }
5165 }
5166 if (!match)
5167 return false;
5168 }
5169 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005170 return true;
5171 }
5172 return false;
5173}
5174
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005175/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005176/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
5177/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
5178///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005179bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5180 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005181 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5182 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5183
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00005184 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005185 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
5186 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005187 return true;
5188
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005189 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005190 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5191 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005192 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005193
5194 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
5195 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5196 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
5197
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005198 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
5199 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005200 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005201
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005202 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005203}
5204
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005205/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00005206/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005207/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
5208/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
5209/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
5210bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5211 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005212 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5213 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005214 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005215 return true;
5216
5217 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5218 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
5219 }
5220
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005221 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005222 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5223 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
5224 false);
5225
5226 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5227 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5228 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
5229 if (LHS != RHS) {
5230 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005231 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005232 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005233 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005234 }
5235 else
5236 return true;
5237 }
5238 return false;
5239}
5240
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005241/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
5242/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
5243/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
5244/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
5245static
5246void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
5247 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5248 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5249 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
5250
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005251 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5252 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5253 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
5254 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005255
5256 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
5257 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
5258 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
5259 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
5260 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005261 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005262 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
5263 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005264 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5265 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
5266 }
5267
5268 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
5269 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00005270 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
5271 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005272 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
5273 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
5274 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
5275 }
5276 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005277 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005278 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
5279 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005280 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5281 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5282 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
5283 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
5284 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005285 }
5286}
5287
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005288/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
5289/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
5290/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
5291/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
5292QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005293 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
5294 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
5295 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
5296 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
5297 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
5298 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005299 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (LDecl == RDecl))
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005300 return QualType();
5301
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005302 do {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005303 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005304 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005305 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
5306 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
5307
5308 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
5309 if (!Protocols.empty())
5310 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
5311 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
5312 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005313 }
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005314 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005315
5316 return QualType();
5317}
5318
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005319bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5320 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5321 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5322 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5323
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005324 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5325 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005326 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005327 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005328
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005329 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5330 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005331 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005332 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005333
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005334 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5335 // more detailed analysis is required.
5336 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5337 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5338 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5339 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005340 bool IsSuperClass =
5341 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5342 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005343 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5344 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5345 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5346 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5347 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005348 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005349 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5350 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5351 return false;
5352
5353 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5354 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5355 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5356 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5357 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5358
5359 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5360 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5361 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5362 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5363 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5364 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5365 break;
5366 }
5367 }
5368 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5369 return false;
5370 }
5371 return true;
5372 }
5373 return false;
5374 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005375
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005376 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5377 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005378 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5379 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5380
5381 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5382 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005383 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5384 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005385 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5386 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005387 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005388 break;
5389 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005390 }
5391 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5392 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5393 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005394 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005395 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5396 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005397}
5398
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005399bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5400 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005401 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5402 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005403
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005404 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005405 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005406
5407 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5408 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005409}
5410
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005411bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5412 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5413 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5414 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5415}
5416
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005417/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005418/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005419/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005420/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005421bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5422 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005423 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5424 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5425
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005426 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005427}
5428
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005429bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5430 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5431}
5432
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005433/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5434/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5435/// QualType()
5436QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5437 bool OfBlockPointer,
5438 bool Unqualified) {
5439 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5440 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5441 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5442 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5443 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005444 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005445 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5446 if (!MT.isNull())
5447 return MT;
5448 }
5449 }
5450 }
5451
5452 return QualType();
5453}
5454
5455/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5456/// argument types
5457QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5458 bool OfBlockPointer,
5459 bool Unqualified) {
5460 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5461 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5462 // type is compatible with a union member
5463 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5464 Unqualified);
5465 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5466 return lmerge;
5467
5468 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5469 Unqualified);
5470 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5471 return rmerge;
5472
5473 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5474}
5475
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005476QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005477 bool OfBlockPointer,
5478 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005479 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5480 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005481 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5482 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005483 bool allLTypes = true;
5484 bool allRTypes = true;
5485
5486 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005487 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005488 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5489 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5490 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5491 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5492 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5493 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005494 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005495 }
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005496 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005497 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5498 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005499 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005500
5501 if (Unqualified)
5502 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5503
5504 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5505 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5506 if (Unqualified) {
5507 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5508 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5509 }
5510
5511 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005512 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005513 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005514 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005515
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005516 // FIXME: double check this
5517 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5518 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5519 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005520 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5521 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005522
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005523 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005524 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005525 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005526
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005527 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005528 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5529 return QualType();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005530 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5531 return QualType();
5532
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005533 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
5534 return QualType();
5535
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005536 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5537 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5538 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5539 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5540 allLTypes = false;
5541 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5542 allRTypes = false;
5543
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005544 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005545
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005546 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005547 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5548 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005549 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5550 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5551
5552 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5553 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5554 return QualType();
5555
5556 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5557 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5558 return QualType();
5559
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005560 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5561 return QualType();
5562
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005563 // Check argument compatibility
5564 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
5565 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5566 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5567 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005568 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5569 OfBlockPointer,
5570 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005571 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005572
5573 if (Unqualified)
5574 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5575
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005576 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005577 if (Unqualified) {
5578 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5579 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5580 }
5581
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005582 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5583 allLTypes = false;
5584 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5585 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005586 }
5587 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5588 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005589
5590 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5591 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5592 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005593 }
5594
5595 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5596 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5597
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005598 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005599 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005600 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005601 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5602 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5603 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5604 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5605 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5606 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5607 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5608 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5609 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005610
5611 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5612 // to pass enum values.
5613 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5614 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5615
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005616 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5617 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5618 return QualType();
5619 }
5620
5621 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5622 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005623
5624 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5625 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005626 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005627 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005628 }
5629
5630 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5631 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005632 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005633}
5634
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005635QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005636 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005637 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005638 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5639 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5640 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005641 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5642 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005643 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5644 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005645
5646 if (Unqualified) {
5647 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5648 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5649 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005650
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005651 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5652 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5653
5654 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5655 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5656 return LHS;
5657
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005658 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005659 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5660 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005661 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5662 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5663 // mismatch.
5664 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005665 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
5666 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005667 return QualType();
5668
5669 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5670 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5671 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5672 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5673 // qualified __strong.
5674 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5675 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5676 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5677
5678 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5679 return QualType();
5680
5681 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5682 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5683 }
5684 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5685 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5686 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005687 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005688 }
5689
5690 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005691
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005692 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5693 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005694
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005695 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5696 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5697 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5698 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005699
5700 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005701 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5702 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5703 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5704 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005705
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005706 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5707 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5708 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5709
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005710 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5711 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5712 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005713
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005714 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005715 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005716 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005717 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005718 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5719 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005720 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005721 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5722 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005723 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005724 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005725 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5726 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005727 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005728
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005729 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005730 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005731
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005732 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005733 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005734#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5735#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005736#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005737#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5738#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5739#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5740 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5741 return QualType();
5742
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005743 case Type::LValueReference:
5744 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005745 case Type::MemberPointer:
5746 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5747 return QualType();
5748
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005749 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005750 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5751 case Type::VariableArray:
5752 case Type::FunctionProto:
5753 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005754 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5755 return QualType();
5756
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005757 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005758 {
5759 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005760 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5761 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005762 if (Unqualified) {
5763 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5764 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5765 }
5766 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5767 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005768 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005769 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005770 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005771 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005772 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005773 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5774 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005775 case Type::BlockPointer:
5776 {
5777 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005778 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5779 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005780 if (Unqualified) {
5781 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5782 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5783 }
5784 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5785 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005786 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5787 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5788 return LHS;
5789 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5790 return RHS;
5791 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5792 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005793 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005794 {
5795 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5796 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5797 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5798 return QualType();
5799
5800 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5801 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005802 if (Unqualified) {
5803 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5804 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5805 }
5806
5807 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005808 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005809 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5810 return LHS;
5811 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5812 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005813 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5814 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5815 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5816 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005817 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5818 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005819 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5820 return LHS;
5821 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5822 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005823 if (LVAT) {
5824 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5825 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5826 // has to be different.
5827 return LHS;
5828 }
5829 if (RVAT) {
5830 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5831 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5832 // has to be different.
5833 return RHS;
5834 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005835 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5836 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005837 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5838 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005839 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005840 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005841 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005842 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005843 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005844 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005845 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005846 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005847 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005848 case Type::Complex:
5849 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5850 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005851 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005852 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005853 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5854 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005855 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005856 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005857 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5858 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005859 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5860 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005861 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5862 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5863 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005864 return LHS;
5865
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005866 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005867 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005868 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005869 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5870 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5871 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005872 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5873 BlockReturnType))
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005874 return LHS;
5875 return QualType();
5876 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005877 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5878 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005879 return LHS;
5880
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005881 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005882 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005883 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005884
5885 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005886}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005887
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005888/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5889/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5890/// return types.
5891QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5892 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5893 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5894 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5895 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5896 return LHS;
5897 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5898 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5899 return QualType();
5900 QualType OldReturnType =
5901 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5902 QualType NewReturnType =
5903 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5904 QualType ResReturnType =
5905 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5906 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5907 return QualType();
5908 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5909 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5910 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5911 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5912 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005913 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5914 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005915 QualType ResultType
5916 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005917 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005918 return ResultType;
5919 }
5920 }
5921 return QualType();
5922 }
5923
5924 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5925 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5926 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5927 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5928 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5929 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5930 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5931 return QualType();
5932
5933 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5934 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5935 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5936 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5937 // qualified __strong.
5938 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5939 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5940 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5941
5942 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5943 return QualType();
5944
5945 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5946 return LHS;
5947 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5948 return RHS;
5949 return QualType();
5950 }
5951
5952 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5953 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5954 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5955 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5956 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5957 return LHS;
5958 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5959 return RHS;
5960 }
5961 return QualType();
5962}
5963
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005964//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005965// Integer Predicates
5966//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005967
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005968unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005969 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005970 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005971 if (T->isBooleanType())
5972 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005973 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005974 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5975}
5976
5977QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005978 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005979
5980 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5981 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5982 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005983 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005984
5985 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5986 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005987 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005988
5989 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5990 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005991 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5992 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5993 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5994 return UnsignedCharTy;
5995 case BuiltinType::Short:
5996 return UnsignedShortTy;
5997 case BuiltinType::Int:
5998 return UnsignedIntTy;
5999 case BuiltinType::Long:
6000 return UnsignedLongTy;
6001 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6002 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00006003 case BuiltinType::Int128:
6004 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006005 default:
6006 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
6007 return QualType();
6008 }
6009}
6010
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00006011ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
6012
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006013
6014//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6015// Builtin Type Computation
6016//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6017
6018/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006019/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
6020/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
6021/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
6022/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006023///
6024/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
6025/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006026static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006027 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006028 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006029 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006030 // Modifiers.
6031 int HowLong = 0;
6032 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006033 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006034
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006035 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006036 bool Done = false;
6037 while (!Done) {
6038 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006039 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006040 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006041 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006042 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006043 case 'S':
6044 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6045 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6046 Signed = true;
6047 break;
6048 case 'U':
6049 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6050 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6051 Unsigned = true;
6052 break;
6053 case 'L':
6054 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
6055 ++HowLong;
6056 break;
6057 }
6058 }
6059
6060 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006061
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006062 // Read the base type.
6063 switch (*Str++) {
6064 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
6065 case 'v':
6066 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6067 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
6068 Type = Context.VoidTy;
6069 break;
6070 case 'f':
6071 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6072 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
6073 Type = Context.FloatTy;
6074 break;
6075 case 'd':
6076 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6077 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
6078 if (HowLong)
6079 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
6080 else
6081 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
6082 break;
6083 case 's':
6084 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
6085 if (Unsigned)
6086 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
6087 else
6088 Type = Context.ShortTy;
6089 break;
6090 case 'i':
6091 if (HowLong == 3)
6092 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
6093 else if (HowLong == 2)
6094 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
6095 else if (HowLong == 1)
6096 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
6097 else
6098 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
6099 break;
6100 case 'c':
6101 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
6102 if (Signed)
6103 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
6104 else if (Unsigned)
6105 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6106 else
6107 Type = Context.CharTy;
6108 break;
6109 case 'b': // boolean
6110 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
6111 Type = Context.BoolTy;
6112 break;
6113 case 'z': // size_t.
6114 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
6115 Type = Context.getSizeType();
6116 break;
6117 case 'F':
6118 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
6119 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00006120 case 'G':
6121 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
6122 break;
6123 case 'H':
6124 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
6125 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006126 case 'a':
6127 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6128 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
6129 break;
6130 case 'A':
6131 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
6132 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
6133 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
6134 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
6135 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
6136 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
6137 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
6138 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
6139 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6140 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006141 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006142 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006143 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006144 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006145 break;
6146 case 'V': {
6147 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006148 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6149 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006150 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006151
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006152 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
6153 RequiresICE, false);
6154 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006155
6156 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00006157 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006158 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006159 break;
6160 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006161 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006162 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
6163 false);
6164 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006165 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
6166 break;
6167 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006168 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00006169 Type = Context.getFILEType();
6170 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006171 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006172 return QualType();
6173 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006174 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006175 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006176 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006177 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006178 else
6179 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
6180
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006181 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006182 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006183 return QualType();
6184 }
6185 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006186 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006187
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006188 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
6189 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006190 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00006191 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006192 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
6193 case '*':
6194 case '&': {
6195 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
6196 // qualified with an address space.
6197 char *End;
6198 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6199 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
6200 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
6201 Str = End;
6202 }
6203 if (c == '*')
6204 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
6205 else
6206 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
6207 break;
6208 }
6209 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
6210 case 'C':
6211 Type = Type.withConst();
6212 break;
6213 case 'D':
6214 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
6215 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006216 }
6217 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006218
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006219 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006220 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006221
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006222 return Type;
6223}
6224
6225/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006226QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006227 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006228 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006229 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006230
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006231 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006232
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006233 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006234 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006235 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
6236 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006237 if (Error != GE_None)
6238 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006239
6240 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
6241
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006242 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006243 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006244 if (Error != GE_None)
6245 return QualType();
6246
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006247 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
6248 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
6249 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
6250 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
6251
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006252 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
6253 if (Ty->isArrayType())
6254 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006255
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006256 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
6257 }
6258
6259 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
6260 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
6261
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006262 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
6263 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
6264
6265 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
6266
6267 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
6268 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
6269 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006270
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006271 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006272 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
6273 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006274
6275 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006276}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00006277
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006278GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6279 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6280
6281 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006282 switch (L) {
6283 case NoLinkage:
6284 case InternalLinkage:
6285 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6286 return GVA_Internal;
6287
6288 case ExternalLinkage:
6289 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
6290 case TSK_Undeclared:
6291 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6292 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6293 break;
6294
6295 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6296 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6297
6298 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6299 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6300 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6301 break;
6302 }
6303 }
6304
6305 if (!FD->isInlined())
6306 return External;
6307
6308 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
6309 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
6310 // externally visible.
6311 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
6312 return External;
6313
6314 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
6315 return GVA_C99Inline;
6316 }
6317
6318 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6319 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6320 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6321 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6322 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6323 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6324 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6325 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6326 return GVA_C99Inline;
6327
6328 return GVA_CXXInline;
6329}
6330
6331GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6332 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6333 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6334 // template.
6335 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6336 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6337 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6338
6339 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
6340 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6341 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6342 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6343
6344 switch (L) {
6345 case NoLinkage:
6346 case InternalLinkage:
6347 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6348 return GVA_Internal;
6349
6350 case ExternalLinkage:
6351 switch (TSK) {
6352 case TSK_Undeclared:
6353 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6354 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6355
6356 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6357 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6358 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6359
6360 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6361 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6362
6363 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6364 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6365 }
6366 }
6367
6368 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6369}
6370
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006371bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006372 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6373 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6374 return false;
6375 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
6376 return false;
6377
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006378 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6379 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6380 return false;
6381
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006382 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6383 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6384 return true;
6385
6386 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6387 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Sean Hunt10620eb2011-05-06 20:44:56 +00006388 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006389 return false;
6390
6391 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6392 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6393 return true;
6394
6395 // The key function for a class is required.
6396 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6397 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6398 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6399 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6400 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6401 return true;
6402 }
6403 }
6404
6405 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6406
6407 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6408 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6409 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6410 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
6411 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
6412 return false;
6413 return true;
6414 }
6415
6416 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6417 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6418
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006419 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6420 return false;
6421
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006422 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6423
6424 // FIXME: Handle references.
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006425 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006426 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6427 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006428 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
6429 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
6430 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
6431 RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006432 return true;
6433 }
6434 }
6435
6436 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6437 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6438 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6439 return false;
6440 }
6441
6442 return true;
6443}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006444
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006445CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6446 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6447 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6448}
6449
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006450bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006451 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6452 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6453}
6454
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006455MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6456 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6457 case CXXABI_ARM:
6458 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6459 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6460 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6461 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6462 }
6463 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6464 return 0;
6465}
6466
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006467CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006468
6469size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
6470 size_t bytes = 0;
6471 bytes += ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize();
6472 bytes += ObjCLayouts.getMemorySize();
6473 bytes += KeyFunctions.getMemorySize();
6474 bytes += ObjCImpls.getMemorySize();
6475 bytes += BlockVarCopyInits.getMemorySize();
6476 bytes += DeclAttrs.getMemorySize();
6477 bytes += InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.getMemorySize();
6478 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.getMemorySize();
6479 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.getMemorySize();
6480 bytes += InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.getMemorySize();
6481 return bytes;
6482}